27
INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR GET RURAL KANSAS WEBSITE ADMINISTRATION WEB LINK: www.getruralkansas.org 1. SCROLL TO BOTTOM OF PAGE IN BROWN BAR – right hand corner and click on LOG IN A BOX WILL POP UP THAT LOOKS LIKE THIS: 2. Enter your e-mail address and password where indicated and click on Login button. If you have forgotten your password, click on I FORGOT MY PASSWORD and a new one will be sent to your email in a few minutes. If you don’t find the email check your spam or junk folder. 3. On the left hand side of the page that looks like this - CLICK ON TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT a. Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT located on the left side of the page. b. On the new page that opens go to the right side near the top and click on EDIT THIS INFO. 1

WEB LINK: www - Kansas Sampler · editing programs. The easiest is Picnik.com and does not need to be downloaded to your computer. It is an internet based photo editing program and

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR GET RURAL KANSAS WEBSITE ADMINISTRATION

WEB LINK wwwgetruralkansasorg

1 SCROLL TO BOTTOM OF PAGE IN BROWN BAR

ndash right hand corner and click on LOG IN A BOX WILL POP UP THAT LOOKS LIKE THIS

2 Enter your e-mail address and password where indicated and click on Login button If you have forgotten your password click on I FORGOT MY PASSWORD and a new one will be sent to your email in a few minutes If you donrsquot find the email check your spam or junk folder 3 On the left hand side of the page that looks like this - CLICK ON TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT

a Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT located on the left side of the page

b On the new page that opens go to the right side near the top and click on EDIT THIS INFO

1

The next page to appear will look like this

2 Fill out form ndash (the contact name will not appear on the live page)

a Under ldquoRegionrdquo ndash choose from the drop down box which region best represents your location

b Under ldquoPartnersrdquo - only check if you are a paying member of the organization

c For ldquoWebsiterdquo - include a website address if you have one for your community or county that has more information for visitors

d For Social Media amp Blogs - this information can be added later when you have established your social networking and blog accounts

2

3 Do not upload a photo until you have resized one that is 300 kb or less Usually a photo that has been resized to 640 x 480 px or 440 x 328 px (approx) will work well (You can use the Picnikcom website to resize) It is recommended that a horizontal photo be used instead of a vertical one

4 When finished click on the SUBMIT button in bottom right 5 The next page will open showing your entered information To view how it looks online and to check your

spelling and information click on PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE

6 To make changes go back to the Admin Panel under Townpage Management and select Edit this Info again - make the changes - and click on Submit again

STEP 2 ndash HOME PAGE CONTENT On the left hand side of the page that looks like this - CLICK ON HOME PAGE CONTENT

Click on HOME PAGE CONTENT

NEW PAGE

TO BEGIN CLICK ON THE WORDS ldquoADD NEW CONTENTSrdquo

3

Type here Get (name of your town) ex Get Stafford Upper and lowercase

5 Below is the processing part of the admin panel Here you will either type your information about

your town directly into the body or you will use the ldquoPaste from Wordrdquo icon (see arrow) to drop in your information from a Word document IMPORTANT DO NOT COPY AND PASTE FROM ANOTHER WEBSITE

A To insert text from a word document - copy your original word document

B Select Paste from Word

C Either right click and select ldquopasterdquo OR select your CTRL key + V to insert text

D Click on OK

NOTE If you paste from your word document you will need to go back in to the body after you paste it and delete and reinsert each apostrophe hyphen and quote marks if used This is because the admin panel does not recognize these punctuations from Word

f Then click the ldquoAdd Itrdquo button

4

To see how your page would look live choose the icon under the word PREVIEW

To edit your entry choose the icon under the word EDIT

To make the page go live click on the red flag to turn it GREEN

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES These are the eight elements as described in the class amp manual ndash

architecture art commerce cuisine customs geography history and people

2 To add new entry click this box

1 CLICK ON RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES

NAME ndash enter the name of the entry such as Bonnerville Historical Museum RCE Intro ndash this is a VERY SHORT sentence to excite the reader about what they are about to read about this entry and entice them to want to learn more For example ndash if your local museum has an outstanding collection of a particular item or if the museum is known for a certain artifact that attracts visitors use that in the copy ldquoThe local museum not only preserves local history but is known for itrsquos amazing postcard collectionrdquo This intro does not show up on the entry page but on a page that looks like the screen to the left

5

Try to fill out everything you can If there is a website for your entry please list that one Use a full physical address ndash not a PO Box or Main and Fulton ndash or the Google Direction Map logo found on each entry page will not be able to locate it for the visitor Try to list a second phone so that visitors will be able to reach someone after hours or on week-ends if needed

Be sure and choose the appropriate element for your entry Choose no more than 2 elements The text written about the entry should relate to those particular elements

When finished click on UPDATE Then choose preview to see how it will look on the live webpage BE SURE and click on the red flag changing it to green which appears after you click on Update to make the page go live

Note After adding new contents you can make changes by going back and choosing the Edit this Info button Always remember to click on the Update button when finished

6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

The next page to appear will look like this

2 Fill out form ndash (the contact name will not appear on the live page)

a Under ldquoRegionrdquo ndash choose from the drop down box which region best represents your location

b Under ldquoPartnersrdquo - only check if you are a paying member of the organization

c For ldquoWebsiterdquo - include a website address if you have one for your community or county that has more information for visitors

d For Social Media amp Blogs - this information can be added later when you have established your social networking and blog accounts

2

3 Do not upload a photo until you have resized one that is 300 kb or less Usually a photo that has been resized to 640 x 480 px or 440 x 328 px (approx) will work well (You can use the Picnikcom website to resize) It is recommended that a horizontal photo be used instead of a vertical one

4 When finished click on the SUBMIT button in bottom right 5 The next page will open showing your entered information To view how it looks online and to check your

spelling and information click on PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE

6 To make changes go back to the Admin Panel under Townpage Management and select Edit this Info again - make the changes - and click on Submit again

STEP 2 ndash HOME PAGE CONTENT On the left hand side of the page that looks like this - CLICK ON HOME PAGE CONTENT

Click on HOME PAGE CONTENT

NEW PAGE

TO BEGIN CLICK ON THE WORDS ldquoADD NEW CONTENTSrdquo

3

Type here Get (name of your town) ex Get Stafford Upper and lowercase

5 Below is the processing part of the admin panel Here you will either type your information about

your town directly into the body or you will use the ldquoPaste from Wordrdquo icon (see arrow) to drop in your information from a Word document IMPORTANT DO NOT COPY AND PASTE FROM ANOTHER WEBSITE

A To insert text from a word document - copy your original word document

B Select Paste from Word

C Either right click and select ldquopasterdquo OR select your CTRL key + V to insert text

D Click on OK

NOTE If you paste from your word document you will need to go back in to the body after you paste it and delete and reinsert each apostrophe hyphen and quote marks if used This is because the admin panel does not recognize these punctuations from Word

f Then click the ldquoAdd Itrdquo button

4

To see how your page would look live choose the icon under the word PREVIEW

To edit your entry choose the icon under the word EDIT

To make the page go live click on the red flag to turn it GREEN

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES These are the eight elements as described in the class amp manual ndash

architecture art commerce cuisine customs geography history and people

2 To add new entry click this box

1 CLICK ON RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES

NAME ndash enter the name of the entry such as Bonnerville Historical Museum RCE Intro ndash this is a VERY SHORT sentence to excite the reader about what they are about to read about this entry and entice them to want to learn more For example ndash if your local museum has an outstanding collection of a particular item or if the museum is known for a certain artifact that attracts visitors use that in the copy ldquoThe local museum not only preserves local history but is known for itrsquos amazing postcard collectionrdquo This intro does not show up on the entry page but on a page that looks like the screen to the left

5

Try to fill out everything you can If there is a website for your entry please list that one Use a full physical address ndash not a PO Box or Main and Fulton ndash or the Google Direction Map logo found on each entry page will not be able to locate it for the visitor Try to list a second phone so that visitors will be able to reach someone after hours or on week-ends if needed

Be sure and choose the appropriate element for your entry Choose no more than 2 elements The text written about the entry should relate to those particular elements

When finished click on UPDATE Then choose preview to see how it will look on the live webpage BE SURE and click on the red flag changing it to green which appears after you click on Update to make the page go live

Note After adding new contents you can make changes by going back and choosing the Edit this Info button Always remember to click on the Update button when finished

6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

3 Do not upload a photo until you have resized one that is 300 kb or less Usually a photo that has been resized to 640 x 480 px or 440 x 328 px (approx) will work well (You can use the Picnikcom website to resize) It is recommended that a horizontal photo be used instead of a vertical one

4 When finished click on the SUBMIT button in bottom right 5 The next page will open showing your entered information To view how it looks online and to check your

spelling and information click on PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE

6 To make changes go back to the Admin Panel under Townpage Management and select Edit this Info again - make the changes - and click on Submit again

STEP 2 ndash HOME PAGE CONTENT On the left hand side of the page that looks like this - CLICK ON HOME PAGE CONTENT

Click on HOME PAGE CONTENT

NEW PAGE

TO BEGIN CLICK ON THE WORDS ldquoADD NEW CONTENTSrdquo

3

Type here Get (name of your town) ex Get Stafford Upper and lowercase

5 Below is the processing part of the admin panel Here you will either type your information about

your town directly into the body or you will use the ldquoPaste from Wordrdquo icon (see arrow) to drop in your information from a Word document IMPORTANT DO NOT COPY AND PASTE FROM ANOTHER WEBSITE

A To insert text from a word document - copy your original word document

B Select Paste from Word

C Either right click and select ldquopasterdquo OR select your CTRL key + V to insert text

D Click on OK

NOTE If you paste from your word document you will need to go back in to the body after you paste it and delete and reinsert each apostrophe hyphen and quote marks if used This is because the admin panel does not recognize these punctuations from Word

f Then click the ldquoAdd Itrdquo button

4

To see how your page would look live choose the icon under the word PREVIEW

To edit your entry choose the icon under the word EDIT

To make the page go live click on the red flag to turn it GREEN

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES These are the eight elements as described in the class amp manual ndash

architecture art commerce cuisine customs geography history and people

2 To add new entry click this box

1 CLICK ON RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES

NAME ndash enter the name of the entry such as Bonnerville Historical Museum RCE Intro ndash this is a VERY SHORT sentence to excite the reader about what they are about to read about this entry and entice them to want to learn more For example ndash if your local museum has an outstanding collection of a particular item or if the museum is known for a certain artifact that attracts visitors use that in the copy ldquoThe local museum not only preserves local history but is known for itrsquos amazing postcard collectionrdquo This intro does not show up on the entry page but on a page that looks like the screen to the left

5

Try to fill out everything you can If there is a website for your entry please list that one Use a full physical address ndash not a PO Box or Main and Fulton ndash or the Google Direction Map logo found on each entry page will not be able to locate it for the visitor Try to list a second phone so that visitors will be able to reach someone after hours or on week-ends if needed

Be sure and choose the appropriate element for your entry Choose no more than 2 elements The text written about the entry should relate to those particular elements

When finished click on UPDATE Then choose preview to see how it will look on the live webpage BE SURE and click on the red flag changing it to green which appears after you click on Update to make the page go live

Note After adding new contents you can make changes by going back and choosing the Edit this Info button Always remember to click on the Update button when finished

6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

Type here Get (name of your town) ex Get Stafford Upper and lowercase

5 Below is the processing part of the admin panel Here you will either type your information about

your town directly into the body or you will use the ldquoPaste from Wordrdquo icon (see arrow) to drop in your information from a Word document IMPORTANT DO NOT COPY AND PASTE FROM ANOTHER WEBSITE

A To insert text from a word document - copy your original word document

B Select Paste from Word

C Either right click and select ldquopasterdquo OR select your CTRL key + V to insert text

D Click on OK

NOTE If you paste from your word document you will need to go back in to the body after you paste it and delete and reinsert each apostrophe hyphen and quote marks if used This is because the admin panel does not recognize these punctuations from Word

f Then click the ldquoAdd Itrdquo button

4

To see how your page would look live choose the icon under the word PREVIEW

To edit your entry choose the icon under the word EDIT

To make the page go live click on the red flag to turn it GREEN

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES These are the eight elements as described in the class amp manual ndash

architecture art commerce cuisine customs geography history and people

2 To add new entry click this box

1 CLICK ON RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES

NAME ndash enter the name of the entry such as Bonnerville Historical Museum RCE Intro ndash this is a VERY SHORT sentence to excite the reader about what they are about to read about this entry and entice them to want to learn more For example ndash if your local museum has an outstanding collection of a particular item or if the museum is known for a certain artifact that attracts visitors use that in the copy ldquoThe local museum not only preserves local history but is known for itrsquos amazing postcard collectionrdquo This intro does not show up on the entry page but on a page that looks like the screen to the left

5

Try to fill out everything you can If there is a website for your entry please list that one Use a full physical address ndash not a PO Box or Main and Fulton ndash or the Google Direction Map logo found on each entry page will not be able to locate it for the visitor Try to list a second phone so that visitors will be able to reach someone after hours or on week-ends if needed

Be sure and choose the appropriate element for your entry Choose no more than 2 elements The text written about the entry should relate to those particular elements

When finished click on UPDATE Then choose preview to see how it will look on the live webpage BE SURE and click on the red flag changing it to green which appears after you click on Update to make the page go live

Note After adding new contents you can make changes by going back and choosing the Edit this Info button Always remember to click on the Update button when finished

6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES These are the eight elements as described in the class amp manual ndash

architecture art commerce cuisine customs geography history and people

2 To add new entry click this box

1 CLICK ON RURAL CULTURAL ELEMENT ENTRIES

NAME ndash enter the name of the entry such as Bonnerville Historical Museum RCE Intro ndash this is a VERY SHORT sentence to excite the reader about what they are about to read about this entry and entice them to want to learn more For example ndash if your local museum has an outstanding collection of a particular item or if the museum is known for a certain artifact that attracts visitors use that in the copy ldquoThe local museum not only preserves local history but is known for itrsquos amazing postcard collectionrdquo This intro does not show up on the entry page but on a page that looks like the screen to the left

5

Try to fill out everything you can If there is a website for your entry please list that one Use a full physical address ndash not a PO Box or Main and Fulton ndash or the Google Direction Map logo found on each entry page will not be able to locate it for the visitor Try to list a second phone so that visitors will be able to reach someone after hours or on week-ends if needed

Be sure and choose the appropriate element for your entry Choose no more than 2 elements The text written about the entry should relate to those particular elements

When finished click on UPDATE Then choose preview to see how it will look on the live webpage BE SURE and click on the red flag changing it to green which appears after you click on Update to make the page go live

Note After adding new contents you can make changes by going back and choosing the Edit this Info button Always remember to click on the Update button when finished

6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

Try to fill out everything you can If there is a website for your entry please list that one Use a full physical address ndash not a PO Box or Main and Fulton ndash or the Google Direction Map logo found on each entry page will not be able to locate it for the visitor Try to list a second phone so that visitors will be able to reach someone after hours or on week-ends if needed

Be sure and choose the appropriate element for your entry Choose no more than 2 elements The text written about the entry should relate to those particular elements

When finished click on UPDATE Then choose preview to see how it will look on the live webpage BE SURE and click on the red flag changing it to green which appears after you click on Update to make the page go live

Note After adding new contents you can make changes by going back and choosing the Edit this Info button Always remember to click on the Update button when finished

6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDING EVENTS

To begin adding your events click on ADD NEW CALENDAR EVENT

CLICK ON EVENT CALENDAR

NAME OF EVENT

See next pg for more instructions regarding dates

This is not where you put the address but where the event is held such as Downtown Fairgrounds Courthouse Lawn etc

Must be PHYSICAL ADDRESS WITH STREET NUMBER AND NAME ndash No PO Box or Main amp Kansas ndash or the Google Map Directions will not recognize the location

Try and use email phone amp website whenever possible so visitors can contact someone with questions

7

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

NOTE ndash Other information regarding event dates and time

If an event is held more than one day there are two options for filling out the Event Calendar

If your multiple day event starts and ends at the same time each day then you will choose from the drop down dates the beginning date and the beginning time on the first line

On the second line you will choose your end date and end time

HOWEVER ndash if your multiple day event has different start and end times then there are two options You can fill out an event listing for each day of the event with the corresponding startend time for each day OR you can fill out the start and end dates and leave the startend times blank and use the text box to type in the startend times for each day

It is recommended that you write the copy for your event differently than how you would write it for other media and promotional materials For instance how or what does your county fair do different than any other fair Do you have a turtle named Harold that has been competing in the turtle race for the last 25 years Do you have one event that stands out from all the rest that you can really dramatize and entice visitors to attend

Try to think outside the box on event listings and make them fun and vibrant Use all the senses when writing about your entry

ldquoSmell the roasted corn picked fresh from Farmer Danrsquos field that day get your hands dirty in the annual mud pie contest listen for the squeals of the pigs and laughter of the children as they slip and slide around in the Greased Pig Contest taste Aunt Velmarsquos Cherry Pie that has won first prize at the fair for 10 years in a rowrdquo

When yoursquore finished click on the ADD IT button at the bottom right

Click on the red flag under STATUS to flag is GREEN and to go live Click on the FEATURED EVENT red flag to turn it green only 2-3 weeks prior to the event All towns with FEATURED EVENTS that are flagged green rotate on the MAIN PAGE so it is important to share that space with the other communities

8

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

AFTER ENTERING YOUR INFORMATION FOR RCErsquoS AND EVENTS YOU CAN ADD PHOTOS

It is VERY IMPORTANT that the photos are HIGH RESOLUTION and then RESIZED BEFORE ADDING

HIGH RESOLUTION = A photo that has a large file size You can check your photo by either placing your cursor on top of the photo (do not click) and wait for the floating box to appear OR you can right click on the photo and choose PROPERTIES at the bottom of the list that appears It will give you the same information as seen in this clip below

The photo description to the left shows that the photo is high resolution by the Dimensions which is actually measured in pixels The higher these numbers the better The type should be JPG and the size is best if itrsquos between 800 kb and up to 4MB Most high resolution pics will be around 1-3 MB in size

A high resolution photo will give you a crisper and clearer photo on the computer screen but because it is large it takes a long time to download so it must be resized before uploading onto your webpage

There are two options to use for resizing if you are not already familiar with other image editing programs The easiest is Picnikcom and does not need to be downloaded to your computer It is an internet based photo editing program and is extremely easy to use Instructions for using this program are found on page 10

For PC users most come equipped with Microsoft Office Picture Manager To use this option right click on the photo and choose OPEN WITH then click on Microsoft Office Picture Manager

Instructions to use this program are found on page 16

9

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

STEP BY STEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR PICNIKCOM

After opening the site and clicking on the Get Started button give the site a little time to open up If it asks for Adobe Flash Player to be installed follow the prompts to install it It is free and takes a little time to download The instructions below are for creating a HEADER IMAGE which shows up at the top of your homepage THE IMAGE SIZE ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 X 220

1 After opening the website click on GET STARTED NOW button ndash it might take a little while to load

2 The next page will look like this below Click on UPLOAD A PHOTO button

2 Your file browser box will pop up It should automatically open your MY PICTURES folder Find and select the photo that you have chosen to resize for your header image If your photos are not stored in the My Pictures folder then choose the location from the left hand column or the LOOK IN browser bar at the top of the file manager box

3 Remember to choose only high resolution photos Select your photo and click on the Open button

4 Depending on how large your original photo is (3500 x 2300 2400 x 1600 1800 x 1200 etc) will determine what area of the photo you can resize and crop and still show the area you want to feature on your banner

10

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

5 The header image ABSOLUTELY HAS TO BE 640 x 220 pixels in size in order to correctly fit the placeholder on your webpage

6 The photo you choose is important because you will need to cut off either the topbottom and possibly some of the leftright sides of the photo to reach this size

7 The new window should automatically upload your photo in the EDIT tab section

8 From the row below the EDIT tab select the RESIZE button

9 In new dimensions type in 640 in the first box The next box will change automatically if the ldquokeep proportionsrdquo box is selected which it should be by default

10 Click on the OK button

11

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

11 Select the CROP button

12 A light colored box with circles in four corners and a grid will appear over the photo

13 Click on the box next to SCALE PHOTO

14 Type 640 in the first box and 220 in the second box

15 Click on the crop box and move it up and down until the space it highlights would indicate to you that it would make a good banner image for your web page

16 Click on OK

17 Select the last tab that says SAVE amp SHARE

18 THEN STOP and carefully read the following page

12

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

19 IT IS VERY IMPORTANT that you change the name of your file to a different name so you do not lose your original large file high resolution image If you donrsquot you will lose your high quality photo forever and will not be able to use it for printing purposes

19 JPG compression quality should be set at 8 or above and usually appears at this default setting

20 Click on SAVE PHOTO

21 Your file manager box will appear with the new file name Click on SAVE

You are now ready to open your admin panel and add your header image

HEADER IMAGE INSTRUCTIONS

22 You are now ready to take your newly cropped image and upload it using the HEADER IMAGE link on the admin panel

23 After choosing Header Image click on ADD AN IMAGE button

24 Picture Description ndash give a brief description and include name of your town

25 Choose the BROWSE button

26 Find from the file manager box that appears and select the photo you resized for the banner and click on OPEN

27 Click the SUBMIT button In the new window that shows up click on the red flag to turn green then check on your homepage to make sure the image looks okay If it doesnrsquot show right away give it a few minutes and check again

You can add 6 or more header images They will randomly rotate on your community webpages

13

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

RESIZING PHOTOS FOR HOME PAGE RCE amp EVENT PAGES

Follow the same instructions as above (pg 10) for picnikcom Upload a photo from your file manager and click on open FOR HOME PAGE PHOTO ndash Please use a horizontal image 1 Click on RESIZE 2 Type in 440 in the first box and allow the second box to change constraints automatically then click on OK

14

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

AGAIN ndash it is important to remind you to be sure and SAVE THE PHOTO UNDER A DIFFERENT NAME ndash or you will lose your original high resolution photo SAVE PHOTO

And continue to resize another photo by choosing CLOSE PHOTO

Then UPLOAD another photo for your RCE and Events pages using the same 440 dimension

HOW TO UPLOAD A PHOTO TO YOUR COMMUNITY HOME PAGE

1 Click on TOWNPAGE MANAGEMENT 2 Click on

EDIT THIS INFO

3 Scroll down the page until you get to HOME PAGE PHOTO

click on BROWSE

4 Choose your photo that has been resized for your home page and click on OPEN The location and name of

the photo will appear in the box to the left of the Browse button Below that write a short PHOTO CAPTION in the box If using a photograph by a professional photographer please give them credit 5 Click on the SUBMIT button The photo will automatically be placed in a frame on your home page You can

click on the PREVIEW YOUR TOWNrsquoS PAGE button at the top left of the new screen to check your photo The photo can be deleted and changed anytime Just return to the Townpage Mngment link choose Edit this Info click in the box next to DELETE THIS PHOTO and click on Submit Return again to the Townpage Mngment link to add a new photo

15

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS to RESIZE AND CROP PHOTOS (this is an alternative to using Picnikcom) Usually you can find this program if you have Windows XPVista by going to the START button gt ALL PROGRAMS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE gt MICROSOFT OFFICE TOOLS gt MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 1 Easier faster way is to first choose your photo gt place cursor on top of photo gt right clickgt choose OPEN WITH gt choose MICROSOFT OFFICE PICTURE MANAGER 2 When photo opens in the program choose EDIT PICTURE button located on the top toolbar 3 In the right hand column under the heading ldquoChange Picture Sizerdquo click on the link RESIZE 4 In the new box choose ldquoPredefined width x heightrdquo 5 In the drop down box choose Web‐Small 448 x 336 NOTE If you are using a lower resolution photo with original size 1600 x 1200 choose Document‐Small 800 x 600 This will keep the quality a little higher but you will need to manually reduce the size of the photo after you insert it on your page You can do this by clicking on the photo then grab one of the corner squares and pull into the middle In order to keep the aspect ratio of the photo you may have to adjust the height and width as well REMEMBER To check the resolution of your photo just place your cursor on top of the photo and wait for the floating box to appear If you see numbers like 3200 x 2800 then you have a high resolution photo and your file size will be 1 ‐ 4 MB This is good 6 DONrsquoT FORGET to SAVE AS and rename your file When you close the program choose DONrsquoT SAVE or you will lost your original high resolution photo 7 You can also click on AUTO CORRECT to adjust the look of your photo If itrsquos too light then UNDO or hit CTRL + Z and adjust manually using the BrightnessContrast option 8 You have the ability to CROP your photo as well by choosing the Edit Picture button REMEMBER to crop your photo BEFORE you RESIZE to retain the quality If you have any problems give WenDee a call 620‐585‐2374 or email wendeekansassamplerorg

16

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

HOW TO ADD A PHOTO TO YOUR RCE AND EVENT PAGES

The general rule of thumb for adding photos to these pages is to use your resized 440 pics This size fits the frame fully on the webpage

However you can reduce the size and allow the text to wrap around the photo You can also add more photos and align them where you want on the page

It is recommended that you not use too many photos ndash about 2-4 ndash and then make sure that all together the photo file size does not exceed 300-400 kb Many people are still on dial up and lots of photos takes a long time to download even if resized

Adding photos to the text boxes can sometimes be a challenge You may need to adjust the photo several times and recheck it in the preview page before you are ready to turn the red flag green It takes a little time and patience but it well worth it in the end

Always try and use the best photo possible on these pages If you donrsquot have decent photos either try taking some on your own using the highest setting on your camera or ask someone in your community who is experienced in photography to take them for you Be sure and give them credit in the photo caption if you do use someone elsersquos photos

STEP 1 ndash Go to your Admin Panel and choose either Rural Cultural Element Entries (RCErsquos) or Event Calendar and follow previous instructions Itrsquos easier to add photos AFTER you have added text

After you have clicked on EDIT for your entry you will see your page come up with the previously entered text

FIRST ndash put your cursor at the beginning of the first sentence and choose the enter key on your keyboard to create a space between the top of the box and the paragraph

The reason for that is on the live page there is a title that is part of the template not viewable on the back end If a space is not entered the text and photo will sit too close to the title making it visually unappealing and difficult to read easily

Make sure your cursor is at the beginning of your first sentence and blinking before you begin to add your photo or it will not appear on the live page

17

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

STEP 2

Locate the IMAGE icon on your tool bar and click on it to open the next box

1 In the box that comes up ndash called an Asset Manager - locate the yellow folder icon in this corner and click on it to open the next box

2 Click on the Browse Button - another box will op up on your screen See next page

18

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

3 The file manager box will appear and is where you will locate the photos you have resized to download into your asset manager

4 Locate and click on your photo then select the OPEN button

5 Then choose the UPLOAD button If yoursquore photo is a little large it may take a few seconds to upload

6 Your photo will appear (you wonrsquot be able to see all of it) in the box and the name of your photo file and size will be highlighted in yellow to the right of the photo Note the red letters to the right ndash del ndash this is short for delete which you can click on to delete a photo

7 Click on OK

19

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

8 To allow the text to wrap around the photo you must choose an ALIGNMENT It is usually best to

start with LEFT and if you add other photos you can alternate with RIGHT and LEFT with each photo added Click on the drop down arrow to choose the alignment

9 To allow some space between the photo and the text it is necessary to type in under SPACING at least 10 If the photo is aligned on the left side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the right side If the photo is aligned on the right side of the page you will want 10 spaces on the left of the photo

Occasionally if there is a lot of text it might be necessary to add a little spacing on the top or bottom It might take some trial and error on the spacing before you get it just right I

10 To add a border click on BORDER STYLE ndash sometimes photos look and stand out better with a simple border It is recommended that you choose a solid line 2px and choose a subtle color so that it doesnrsquot detract from the photo Do not choose dash or dots for borders

11 After you choose your border click on OK In the next box click the INSERT BUTTON

20

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

12 The photo will appear in your text box You can adjust the size by click on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders to pull it to the center of the picture to reduce the size OR you can go back to your asset manager and

13 You can also adjust the size of the photo once it is inserted in your text box by clicking on the photo and grabbing one of the corner placeholders and pulling toward the middle You will see a box appear that shows the changed pixel dimension of the picture About half the size of the page is 220 You can go larger or smaller depending on how you want it to look on your page This is the part where you will need to adjust and go back and forth to the preview button to see how it will appear on the live page

NOTE WHAT YOU SEE ON THE ADMIN PANEL IS NOT WHAT IT WILL LOOK LIKE ON THE LIVE PAGE

You can also adjust the size by clicking on the photo after you insert it choose the IMAGE icon which will bring up the box to the left Type in 220 in the box to the right of WIDTH Leave the height blank Click the APPLY and then OK button

21

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

When you are finished adjusting the photo click on ADD IT in the bottom right hand corner of the page

On the next page to appear click on the red flag under DISPLAY STATUS to change it to green

You can PREVIEW your page at this time to see if you need to make changes If you do then go to the EDIT icon and make the changes You can repeat this sequence until you feel you have it right

22

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

INSERTING A LINK TO A WEBSITE USING THE HYPERLINK TOOL A hyperlink is a graphic or a piece of text in an Internet document that can connect readers to another webpage or another portion of a document The most simple form of these is called embedded text or an embedded link You use the url of the website you want to re-direct them to for the hyperlink address In this instance a hyperlink will show up as a single word or group of words that will usually be marked as underlined and are frequently blue in color Clicking on the hyperlink may take one to another part of the page or it may open another Internet page You will want to use this tool to redirect the reader to another website that gives more information about your entry or to another page on your Get Rural Kansas pages

2 This icon is the ldquohyperlinkrdquo ndash After you have highlighted the text you want to embed then click on this icon

1 Highlight the text that you want to help direct the viewer to another web page

3 Click on the drop down box to the right of the word SOURCE and choose http

4 In the box to the right either type in the website address as shown in the example or you can copy the URL address from the webpage you want to redirect to and paste it into the box Use either CTRL + V to paste or right click on mouse and choose paste When you paste the URL remember to delete the HTTP if it begins with that in the second box 7 VERY IMPORTANT NOTE - On the third line in the

second box to the right of the word TARGET - click on the

drop down arrow and choose BLANK This will result in the new webpage being brought up in its own window and when the

person clicks out of it they will not close the Get Rural Kansas website too Itrsquos very important to remember this step as itrsquos frustrating to visitors to have to go back in and bring up the website again and you may lose them all together as a visitor 8 Then click on the button INSERT

9 Finally click on the UPDATE button at the right hand corner and then go to the PREVIEW webpage you have updated and click on the hyperlinked text to make sure it works

23

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

HOW TO ADD PDF FILES (must be original files converted using Adobe Acrobat and then file reduced if too large) - these files are usually brochures or other promotional materials you would like to make available on your webpage

Adobe Acrobat is not a free program and must be purchased It can be expensive so if you donrsquot have this capability please check with others in your community to find out if they have the program and can convert it for you You can also check out Ebay to see if you can find a relatively cheap version there

Heres how to do it Youll add the pdf brochure file just as you do a photograph by going to the page you want to add it to and opening the Picture icon After youve loaded it to your asset manager you will then copy the url that shows up in the browser bar of the asset manager box (something that will look like this -townassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then go back to the page you want to add it to and write in some kind of text that says Click here to see or print brochure Highlight the words Click here or the entire sentence Choose the hyperlink icon (the blue colored chain link) on your toolbar and after the box pops up choose from the first line that says SOURCE (the drop down box) http In the second box next to that you need to type wwwgetruralkansasorg THEN PASTE next to that the url you saved from the asset manager box (see above) The entire line should look like this wwwgetruralkansasorgtownassets1Exp20Brochure10webpdf Then choose Insert gt Apply gt Okay Dont forget to click on UPDATE before you check to see if it works One more thing ndash in order to see your pdf files in the asset manager after youve added them you will need to click the drop down box at the top right corner and choose all files It normally just shows Images

24

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

WYSIWIG EDITOR GUIDE - can also be found at the bottom of your Navigation bar in left col

BELOW IS THE WYSIWIG (acronym for ldquoWhat You See Is What You Getrdquo) which is helpful in explaining what the icons mean and are used for

Fullscreen [expands the editor to full screen]

Preview [preview this page in an internet view]

Search [search for any text in the document you have created]

Paste From Word [use this to paste content that you have copied from a word document]

Undo [undoes the last action]

Redo [redoes the last undo]

Text Color [select the text you would like to have colored differently and click this icon to select the color]

Background Color [select the text you would like to have a background color applied to and click this icon to select the color]

Bookmarks [a bookmark is a place within a page that you would like to link to You put your cursor where you would like to place the bookmark and click the bookmark icon this will bring up a window that prompts you to name the bookmark you will later use this name to link to]

Hyperlink [select the text you would like to turn into a hyperlink and click the hyperlink icon]

Picture [place your cursor in the place you would like to place your picture and click the picture icon You will have the option to upload an image or file]

Insert Table [Inserts a table in the place where your cursor is located]

Edit Table Cell [Allows you to edit your table size or cells within the table after inserting your table]

Absolute [Allows you to place an image or other item on the page with absolute positioning after inserting an image you may select the tabbed icon in the upper left to move it around on your page]

Special Characters [Allows you to insert special characters into your page content]

Line [Allows you to insert a horizontal line within your page]

Form Editor [Do not use this feature at this time]

25

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

Remove Formatting [Removes any text formatting for the text that has been selected]

ViewEdit Code [Views the html code generated]

Styles amp Formatting [Allows you to select text and apply special formatting to the text selected]

Paragraph [Allows you to apply basic formatting for text and utilize it later in your page]

Font Name [Allows you to select text and apply a special font to the text selected]

Font Size [Allows you to select text and apply a special font size to the text selected]

Bold [Select the text you would like to bold and click this icon]

Italics [Select the text you would like to italicize and click this icon]

Underline [Select the text you would like to underline and click this icon]

Left Align [Select the text you would like to align left on your page and click this icon]

Center Align [Select the text you would like to center on your page and click this icon]

Right Align [Select the text you would like to align right on your page and click this icon]

Justify [Select the text you would like to justify on your page and click this icon]

Numbering [Select the text you would like to turn into a numbered outline and click this icon]

Bullets [Select the text you would like to turn into a bulleted outline and click this icon]

Indent [Select the text you would like to indent to the right and click this icon]

Outdent [Select the text you would like to indent to the left and click this icon]

26

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27

QUICK REFERENCE NOTE When you type in the text it will automatically show up as Arial size 10 in a

brown color If you paste text in from a word document use the Paste from Word icon located on the left hand bottom row It will look like a yellow folder with a small white square with blue lines across it on the corner of the folder

If for some reason your text does not appear as it should after yoursquove updated your

page please highlight the text and using the toolbox icons change your text using the guidelines below

TEXT COLOR ndash BROWN RGB ndash 103 51 0 (you can type these numbers in by clicking on the icon

Choose More Colors from the box that appears then to the top left of the new box type in 103 in the box next to the ldquoRrdquo hit tab type 51 in the box next to the ldquoGrdquo hit tab type 0 in the box next to the ldquoBrdquo ~ OR type 673300 in the box below RGB next to the sign

Then choose APPLY and OK TEXT NAME (Font) ndash Arial TEXT SIZE ndash 10 (or you can select SIZE on the drop down box and choose Size 2) If it doesnrsquot look like

the right size after you have updated do the following

Highlight the text choose this icon Style amp Formatting then choose the proper font name size etc from the box that appears

QUICK REFERENCE PHOTO SIZE

Header Image ndash 640 x 220

Home Page RCErsquos and Event images ndash 440 x 293 (or about) ndash and can be reduced in size after they are inserted

IF YOU NEED HELP ndash call anytime and if Irsquom not here please leave a message or email Irsquom always glad to help WenDee LaPlant 6205852374 wendeekansassamplerorg

27